Sema.h revision 0918989f0eed08870e50418df97d1486d977d773
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 42#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 48#include <deque> 49#include <string> 50 51namespace llvm { 52 class APSInt; 53 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 54 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 55 class SmallBitVector; 56} 57 58namespace clang { 59 class ADLResult; 60 class ASTConsumer; 61 class ASTContext; 62 class ASTMutationListener; 63 class ASTReader; 64 class ASTWriter; 65 class ArrayType; 66 class AttributeList; 67 class BlockDecl; 68 class CXXBasePath; 69 class CXXBasePaths; 70 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 71 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 72 class CXXConstructorDecl; 73 class CXXConversionDecl; 74 class CXXDestructorDecl; 75 class CXXFieldCollector; 76 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 77 class CXXMethodDecl; 78 class CXXScopeSpec; 79 class CXXTemporary; 80 class CXXTryStmt; 81 class CallExpr; 82 class ClassTemplateDecl; 83 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 84 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 85 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 86 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 87 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 88 class CodeCompletionResult; 89 class Decl; 90 class DeclAccessPair; 91 class DeclContext; 92 class DeclRefExpr; 93 class DeclaratorDecl; 94 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 95 class DependentDiagnostic; 96 class DesignatedInitExpr; 97 class Designation; 98 class EnumConstantDecl; 99 class Expr; 100 class ExtVectorType; 101 class ExternalSemaSource; 102 class FormatAttr; 103 class FriendDecl; 104 class FunctionDecl; 105 class FunctionProtoType; 106 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 107 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 108 class InitListExpr; 109 class InitializationKind; 110 class InitializationSequence; 111 class InitializedEntity; 112 class IntegerLiteral; 113 class LabelStmt; 114 class LambdaExpr; 115 class LangOptions; 116 class LocalInstantiationScope; 117 class LookupResult; 118 class MacroInfo; 119 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 120 class NamedDecl; 121 class NonNullAttr; 122 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 123 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 124 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 125 class ObjCContainerDecl; 126 class ObjCImplDecl; 127 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 128 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 129 class ObjCIvarDecl; 130 template <class T> class ObjCList; 131 class ObjCMessageExpr; 132 class ObjCMethodDecl; 133 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 134 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 135 class OverloadCandidateSet; 136 class OverloadExpr; 137 class ParenListExpr; 138 class ParmVarDecl; 139 class Preprocessor; 140 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 141 class PseudoObjectExpr; 142 class QualType; 143 class StandardConversionSequence; 144 class Stmt; 145 class StringLiteral; 146 class SwitchStmt; 147 class TargetAttributesSema; 148 class TemplateArgument; 149 class TemplateArgumentList; 150 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 151 class TemplateDecl; 152 class TemplateParameterList; 153 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 154 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 155 class Token; 156 class TypeAliasDecl; 157 class TypedefDecl; 158 class TypedefNameDecl; 159 class TypeLoc; 160 class UnqualifiedId; 161 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 162 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 163 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 164 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 165 class UsingDecl; 166 class UsingShadowDecl; 167 class ValueDecl; 168 class VarDecl; 169 class VisibilityAttr; 170 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 171 class IndirectFieldDecl; 172 173namespace sema { 174 class AccessedEntity; 175 class BlockScopeInfo; 176 class CapturingScopeInfo; 177 class CompoundScopeInfo; 178 class DelayedDiagnostic; 179 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 180 class FunctionScopeInfo; 181 class LambdaScopeInfo; 182 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 183 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 184} 185 186// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 187// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 188typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 189 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 190 191/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 192class Sema { 193 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 194 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 195 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 196 197 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 198 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 199 200 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 201 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 202 203public: 204 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 205 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 206 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 207 208 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 209 FPOptions FPFeatures; 210 211 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 212 Preprocessor &PP; 213 ASTContext &Context; 214 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 215 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 216 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 217 218 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 219 bool CollectStats; 220 221 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 222 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 223 224 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 225 DeclContext *CurContext; 226 227 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 228 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 229 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 230 231 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 232 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 233 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 234 235 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 236 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 237 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 238 239 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 240 241 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 242 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 243 244 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 245 /// 246 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 247 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 248 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 249 250 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 251 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 252 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 253 254 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 255 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 256 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 257 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 258 259 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 260 261 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 262 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 263 /// 264 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 265 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 266 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 267 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 268 269 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 270 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 271 ExtVectorDeclsType; 272 273 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 274 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 275 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 276 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 277 278 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 279 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 280 281 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 282 283 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 284 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 285 286 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 287 288 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 289 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 290 /// same list more than once. 291 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 292 293 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 294 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 295 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 296 297 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 298 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 299 /// 300 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 301 /// scopes, e.g., 302 /// 303 /// \code 304 /// extern "C" void f() { 305 /// void foo(int, int); 306 /// } 307 /// \endcode 308 /// 309 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 310 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 311 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 312 /// 313 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 314 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 315 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 316 /// for compatibility. 317 /// 318 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 319 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 320 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 321 /// not visible. 322 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 323 324 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 325 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 326 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 327 328 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 329 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 330 TentativeDefinitionsType; 331 332 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 333 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 334 335 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 336 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 337 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 338 339 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 340 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 341 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 342 343 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 344 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 345 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 346 347 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 348 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 349 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 350 351 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 352 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 353 /// exception spec. 354 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 355 356 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 357 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 358 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 359 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 360 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 361 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 362 363 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 364 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 365 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 366 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 367 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 368 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 369 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 370 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 371 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 372 373 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 374 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 375 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 376 void *OpaqueParser; 377 378 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 379 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 380 OpaqueParser = P; 381 } 382 383 class DelayedDiagnostics; 384 385 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 386 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 387 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 388 }; 389 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 390 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 391 392 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 393 /// during parsing and other processing. 394 class DelayedDiagnostics { 395 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 396 /// diagnostics should go. 397 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 398 399 public: 400 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 401 402 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 403 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 404 405 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 406 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 407 408 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 409 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 410 return CurPool; 411 } 412 413 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 414 /// collected in this pool. 415 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 416 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 417 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 418 CurPool = &pool; 419 return state; 420 } 421 422 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 423 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 424 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 425 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 426 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 427 } 428 429 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 430 /// not delayed. 431 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 432 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 433 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 434 CurPool = 0; 435 return state; 436 } 437 438 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 439 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 440 assert(CurPool == NULL); 441 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 442 } 443 } DelayedDiagnostics; 444 445 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 446 class ContextRAII { 447 private: 448 Sema &S; 449 DeclContext *SavedContext; 450 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 451 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 452 453 public: 454 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 455 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 456 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 457 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 458 { 459 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 460 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 461 } 462 463 void pop() { 464 if (!SavedContext) return; 465 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 466 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 467 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 468 SavedContext = 0; 469 } 470 471 ~ContextRAII() { 472 pop(); 473 } 474 }; 475 476 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 477 /// a function body. 478 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 479 Sema &S; 480 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 481 482 public: 483 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 484 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 485 { 486 S.PushFunctionScope(); 487 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 488 } 489 490 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 491 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 492 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 493 } 494 }; 495 496 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 497 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 498 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 499 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 500 501 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 502 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 503 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 504 /// in the currently selected standard. 505 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 506 507 508 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 509 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 510 511 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 512 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 513 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 514 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 515 /// It would be best to refactor this. 516 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 517 518 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 519 520 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 521 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 522 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 523 Scope *TUScope; 524 525 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 526 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 527 528 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 529 /// standard library. 530 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 531 532 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 533 /// \<initializer_list>. 534 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 535 536 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 537 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 538 539 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 540 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 541 542 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 543 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 544 545 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 546 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 547 548 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 549 QualType NSNumberPointer; 550 551 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 552 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 553 554 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 555 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 556 557 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 558 QualType NSStringPointer; 559 560 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 561 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 562 563 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 564 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 565 566 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 567 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 568 569 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 570 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 571 572 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 573 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 574 575 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 576 QualType QIDNSCopying; 577 578 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 579 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 580 581 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 582 /// have been declared. 583 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 584 585 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 586 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 587 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 588 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 589 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 590 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 591 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 592 /// run time. 593 Unevaluated, 594 595 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 596 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 597 /// cases in a switch statment). 598 ConstantEvaluated, 599 600 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 601 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 602 /// expression at run time. 603 PotentiallyEvaluated, 604 605 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 606 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 607 /// in fact the current expression is used. 608 /// 609 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 610 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 611 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 612 /// until the default argument is used. 613 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 614 }; 615 616 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 617 /// expression evaluation contexts. 618 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 619 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 620 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 621 622 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 623 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 624 625 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 626 bool IsDecltype; 627 628 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 629 /// this expression evaluation context. 630 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 631 632 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 633 634 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 635 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 636 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 637 638 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 639 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 640 /// default function argument. 641 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 642 643 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 644 /// within this context. 645 /// 646 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 647 /// do not have lambda expressions. 648 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 649 650 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 651 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 652 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 653 654 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 655 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 656 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 657 658 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 659 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 660 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 661 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 662 bool IsDecltype) 663 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 664 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 665 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 666 667 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 668 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 669 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 670 if (!LambdaMangle) 671 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 672 return *LambdaMangle; 673 } 674 }; 675 676 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 677 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 678 679 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 680 /// function. 681 /// 682 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 683 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 684 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 685 public: 686 enum Kind { 687 NoMemberOrDeleted, 688 Ambiguous, 689 Success 690 }; 691 692 private: 693 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 694 695 public: 696 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 697 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 698 {} 699 700 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 701 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 702 703 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 704 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 705 }; 706 707 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 708 /// for C++ records. 709 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 710 711 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 712 /// 713 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 714 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 715 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 716 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 717 /// checks. 718 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 719 720 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 721 722 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 723 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 724 725 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 726 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 727 728 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 729 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 730 /// 731 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 732 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 733 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 734 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 735 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 736 737 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 738 // argument locations. 739 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 740 741 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 742 /// definition in this translation unit. 743 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 744 745 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 746 void getUndefinedButUsed( 747 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 748 749 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 750 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 751 752 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 753 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 754 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 755 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 756 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 757 758 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 759 /// of -Wselector. 760 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 761 762 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 763 enum CXXSpecialMember { 764 CXXDefaultConstructor, 765 CXXCopyConstructor, 766 CXXMoveConstructor, 767 CXXCopyAssignment, 768 CXXMoveAssignment, 769 CXXDestructor, 770 CXXInvalid 771 }; 772 773 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 774 775 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 776 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 777 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 778 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 779 780 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 781 782 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 783 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 784 785 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 786 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 787 /// should not be used elsewhere. 788 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 789 790 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 791 /// statements. 792 class FPContractStateRAII { 793 public: 794 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 795 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 796 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 797 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 798 } 799 private: 800 Sema& S; 801 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 802 }; 803 804public: 805 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 806 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 807 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 808 ~Sema(); 809 810 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 811 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 812 void Initialize(); 813 814 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 815 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 816 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 817 818 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 819 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 820 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 821 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 822 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 823 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 824 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 825 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 826 827 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 828 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 829 /// 830 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 831 /// 832 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 833 834 void PrintStats() const; 835 836 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 837 /// template instantiation stacks. 838 /// 839 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 840 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 841 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 842 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 843 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 844 /// well. 845 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 846 Sema &SemaRef; 847 unsigned DiagID; 848 849 public: 850 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 851 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 852 853 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 854 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 855 if (!isActive()) return; 856 857 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 858 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 859 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 860 // 861 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 862 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 863 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 864 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 865 // eliminate that code. 866 FlushCounts(); 867 Clear(); 868 869 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 870 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 871 } 872 }; 873 874 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 875 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 876 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 877 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 878 } 879 880 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 881 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 882 883 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 884 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 885 886 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 887 888 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 889 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 890 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 891 892 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 893 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 894 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 895 896 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 897 898 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 899 900 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 901 902 void PushFunctionScope(); 903 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 904 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 905 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 906 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 907 908 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 909 return FunctionScopes.back(); 910 } 911 912 void PushCompoundScope(); 913 void PopCompoundScope(); 914 915 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 916 917 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 918 919 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 920 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 921 922 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 923 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 924 925 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 926 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 927 928 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 929 930 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 931 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 932 // 933 934 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs); 935 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVR) { 936 return BuildQualifiedType(T, Loc, Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(CVR)); 937 } 938 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 939 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 940 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 941 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 942 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 943 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 944 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 945 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 946 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 947 948 /// \brief Build a function type. 949 /// 950 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 951 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 952 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 953 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 954 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 955 /// 956 /// \param T The return type of the function. 957 /// 958 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 959 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 960 /// function parameters. 961 /// 962 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 963 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 964 /// type that will have function type. 965 /// 966 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 967 /// type, if known. 968 /// 969 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 970 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 971 /// 972 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 973 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 974 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 975 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 976 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 977 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 978 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 979 980 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 981 SourceLocation Loc, 982 DeclarationName Entity); 983 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 984 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 985 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 986 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 987 988 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 989 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 990 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 991 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 992 993 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 994 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 995 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 996 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 997 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 998 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 999 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1000 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1001 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1002 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1003 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1004 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1005 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1006 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1007 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1008 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1009 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1010 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1011 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1012 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1013 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1014 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1015 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1016 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1017 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1018 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1019 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1020 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1021 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1022 1023 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1024 1025 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1026 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1027 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1028 1029 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1030 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1031 bool Suppressed; 1032 1033 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1034 1035 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1036 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1037 }; 1038 1039 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1040 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1041 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1042 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1043 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1044 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1045 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1046 return II; 1047 } 1048 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1049 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1050 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1051 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1052 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1053 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1054 1055 template<typename T1> 1056 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1057 unsigned DiagID; 1058 const T1 &Arg1; 1059 1060 public: 1061 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1062 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1063 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1064 if (Suppressed) return; 1065 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1066 } 1067 1068 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1069 }; 1070 1071 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1072 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1073 unsigned DiagID; 1074 const T1 &Arg1; 1075 const T2 &Arg2; 1076 1077 public: 1078 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1079 const T2 &Arg2) 1080 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1081 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1082 1083 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1084 if (Suppressed) return; 1085 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1086 } 1087 1088 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1089 }; 1090 1091 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1092 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1093 unsigned DiagID; 1094 const T1 &Arg1; 1095 const T2 &Arg2; 1096 const T3 &Arg3; 1097 1098 public: 1099 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1100 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1101 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1102 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1103 1104 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1105 if (Suppressed) return; 1106 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1107 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1108 } 1109 1110 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1111 }; 1112 1113 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1114 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1115 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1116 unsigned DiagID); 1117 1118 template<typename T1> 1119 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1120 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1121 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1122 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1123 } 1124 1125 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1126 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1127 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1128 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1129 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1130 } 1131 1132 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1133 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1134 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1135 const T3 &Arg3) { 1136 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1137 Arg3); 1138 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1139 } 1140 1141 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1142 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1143 1144 template<typename T1> 1145 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1146 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1147 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1148 } 1149 1150 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1151 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1152 const T2 &Arg2) { 1153 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1154 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1155 } 1156 1157 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1158 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1159 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1160 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1161 Arg3); 1162 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1163 } 1164 1165 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1166 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1167 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1168 1169 template<typename T1> 1170 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1171 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1172 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1173 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1174 } 1175 1176 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1177 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1178 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1179 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1180 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1181 } 1182 1183 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1184 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1185 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1186 const T3 &Arg3) { 1187 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1188 Arg3); 1189 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1190 } 1191 1192 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1193 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1194 1195 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1196 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1197 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1198 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1199 SourceLocation Loc); 1200 1201 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1202 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1203 // 1204 1205 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1206 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1207 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1208 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1209 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1210 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1211 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1212 /// such as: 1213 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1214 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1215 1216 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1217 1218 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1219 1220 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1221 1222 ParsedType getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1223 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1224 bool isClassName = false, 1225 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1226 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1227 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1228 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1229 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1230 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1231 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1232 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1233 SourceLocation IILoc, 1234 Scope *S, 1235 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1236 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1237 1238 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1239 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1240 enum NameClassificationKind { 1241 NC_Unknown, 1242 NC_Error, 1243 NC_Keyword, 1244 NC_Type, 1245 NC_Expression, 1246 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1247 NC_TypeTemplate, 1248 NC_FunctionTemplate 1249 }; 1250 1251 class NameClassification { 1252 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1253 ExprResult Expr; 1254 TemplateName Template; 1255 ParsedType Type; 1256 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1257 1258 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1259 1260 public: 1261 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1262 1263 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1264 1265 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1266 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1267 1268 static NameClassification Error() { 1269 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1270 } 1271 1272 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1273 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1274 } 1275 1276 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1277 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1278 } 1279 1280 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1281 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1282 Result.Template = Name; 1283 return Result; 1284 } 1285 1286 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1287 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1288 Result.Template = Name; 1289 return Result; 1290 } 1291 1292 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1293 1294 ParsedType getType() const { 1295 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1296 return Type; 1297 } 1298 1299 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1300 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1301 return Expr; 1302 } 1303 1304 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1305 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1306 return Template; 1307 } 1308 1309 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1310 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1311 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1312 } 1313 }; 1314 1315 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1316 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1317 /// 1318 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1319 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1320 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1321 /// 1322 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1323 /// 1324 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1325 /// 1326 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1327 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1328 /// 1329 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1330 /// 1331 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1332 /// disambiguate the name. 1333 /// 1334 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1335 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1336 /// expression. 1337 /// 1338 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1339 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1340 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1341 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1342 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1343 const Token &NextToken, 1344 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1345 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1346 1347 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1348 1349 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1350 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1351 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1352 const LookupResult &Previous, 1353 Scope *S); 1354 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1355 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1356 DeclarationName Name, 1357 SourceLocation Loc); 1358 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D); 1359 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1360 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1361 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1362 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1363 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1364 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1365 LookupResult &Previous); 1366 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1367 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1368 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1369 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1370 LookupResult &Previous, 1371 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1372 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1373 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1374 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1375 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1376 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1377 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1378 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1379 LookupResult &Previous, 1380 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1381 bool &AddToScope); 1382 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1383 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1384 1385 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1386 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1387 1388 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1389 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1390 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1391 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1392 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1393 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1394 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1395 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1396 SourceLocation Loc, 1397 QualType T); 1398 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1399 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1400 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1401 StorageClass SC, StorageClass SCAsWritten); 1402 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1403 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1404 Expr *defarg); 1405 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1406 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1407 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1408 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1409 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1410 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1411 1412 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1413 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1414 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1415 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1416 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1417 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1418 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1419 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1420 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1421 Decl **Group, 1422 unsigned NumDecls); 1423 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1424 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1425 1426 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1427 /// documentation comments. 1428 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1429 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1430 1431 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1432 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1433 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1434 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1435 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1436 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1437 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1438 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1439 } 1440 1441 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1442 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1443 /// code for that function. 1444 /// 1445 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1446 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1447 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1448 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1449 1450 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1451 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1452 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1453 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1454 1455 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1456 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1457 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1458 1459 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1460 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1461 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1462 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1463 1464 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1465 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1466 /// specified threshold. 1467 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1468 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1469 QualType ReturnTy, 1470 NamedDecl *D); 1471 1472 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1473 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1474 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1475 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1476 1477 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1478 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1479 AttributeList *AttrList, 1480 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1481 1482 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1483 /// 1484 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1485 /// 1486 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1487 /// 1488 /// \param Path The module access path. 1489 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1490 ModuleIdPath Path); 1491 1492 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1493 /// source location. 1494 /// 1495 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1496 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1497 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1498 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1499 1500 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1501 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1502 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1503 } 1504 1505 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1506 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1507 const Preprocessor &PP); 1508 1509 /// Scope actions. 1510 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1511 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1512 1513 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1514 DeclSpec &DS); 1515 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1516 DeclSpec &DS, 1517 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 1518 1519 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1520 AccessSpecifier AS, 1521 RecordDecl *Record); 1522 1523 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1524 RecordDecl *Record); 1525 1526 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1527 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1528 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1529 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1530 1531 enum TagUseKind { 1532 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1533 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1534 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1535 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1536 }; 1537 1538 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1539 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1540 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1541 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1542 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1543 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1544 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1545 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1546 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1547 1548 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1549 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1550 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1551 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1552 AttributeList *Attr, 1553 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1554 1555 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1556 unsigned TagSpec, 1557 TagUseKind TUK, 1558 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1559 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1560 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1561 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1562 1563 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1564 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1565 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1566 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1567 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1568 1569 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1570 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1571 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1572 AccessSpecifier AS); 1573 1574 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1575 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1576 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1577 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1578 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1579 SourceLocation TSSL, 1580 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1581 Declarator *D = 0); 1582 1583 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1584 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1585 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1586 bool Diagnose = false); 1587 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1588 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1589 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1590 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1591 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1592 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1593 1594 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1595 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1596 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1597 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1598 AttributeList *AttrList); 1599 1600 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1601 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1602 /// struct, or union). 1603 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1604 1605 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1606 1607 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1608 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1609 /// member declarations. 1610 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1611 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1612 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1613 1614 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1615 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1616 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1617 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1618 1619 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1620 1621 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1622 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1623 /// 1624 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1625 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1626 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1627 1628 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1629 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1630 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1631 1632 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1633 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1634 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1635 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1636 Expr *val); 1637 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1638 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1639 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1640 1641 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1642 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1643 AttributeList *Attrs, 1644 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1645 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1646 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1647 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 1648 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1649 1650 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1651 1652 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1653 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1654 void PopDeclContext(); 1655 1656 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1657 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1658 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1659 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1660 1661 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1662 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1663 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1664 1665 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1666 1667 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1668 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1669 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1670 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1671 1672 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1673 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1674 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1675 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1676 1677 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1678 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1679 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1680 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1681 1682 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1683 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1684 1685 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1686 /// top level scope. 1687 /// 1688 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1689 /// 1690 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1691 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1692 1693 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1694 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1695 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1696 /// 1697 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1698 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1699 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1700 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1701 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1702 1703 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1704 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1705 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1706 1707 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1708 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1709 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1710 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1711 1712 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1713 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1714 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1715 VersionTuple Introduced, 1716 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1717 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1718 bool IsUnavailable, 1719 StringRef Message, 1720 bool Override, 1721 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1722 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1723 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1724 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1725 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1726 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1727 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1728 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1729 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1730 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1731 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1732 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1733 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1734 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1735 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1736 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1737 1738 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1739 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1740 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1741 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1742 AMK_None, 1743 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1744 /// an exact match. 1745 AMK_Redeclaration, 1746 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1747 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1748 AMK_Override 1749 }; 1750 1751 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1752 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1753 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1754 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1755 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1756 Scope *S); 1757 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1758 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1759 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1760 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1761 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1762 1763 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1764 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1765 enum AssignmentAction { 1766 AA_Assigning, 1767 AA_Passing, 1768 AA_Returning, 1769 AA_Converting, 1770 AA_Initializing, 1771 AA_Sending, 1772 AA_Casting 1773 }; 1774 1775 /// C++ Overloading. 1776 enum OverloadKind { 1777 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1778 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1779 Ovl_Overload, 1780 1781 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1782 /// an existing declaration. 1783 Ovl_Match, 1784 1785 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1786 /// non-function. 1787 Ovl_NonFunction 1788 }; 1789 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1790 FunctionDecl *New, 1791 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1792 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1793 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1794 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1795 1796 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1797 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1798 /// 1799 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1800 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1801 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1802 1803 ImplicitConversionSequence 1804 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1805 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1806 bool AllowExplicit, 1807 bool InOverloadResolution, 1808 bool CStyle, 1809 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1810 1811 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1812 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1813 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1814 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1815 bool InOverloadResolution, 1816 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1817 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1818 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1819 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1820 QualType &ConvertedType); 1821 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1822 QualType& ConvertedType); 1823 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1824 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1825 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1826 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1827 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1828 1829 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1830 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1831 CastKind &Kind, 1832 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1833 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1834 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1835 bool InOverloadResolution, 1836 QualType &ConvertedType); 1837 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1838 CastKind &Kind, 1839 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1840 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1841 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1842 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1843 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1844 QualType &ResultTy); 1845 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1846 1847 1848 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1849 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1850 QualType ResultType, 1851 Expr *Value, 1852 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1853 1854 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1855 ExprResult Init); 1856 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1857 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1858 ExprResult Init, 1859 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1860 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1861 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1862 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1863 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1864 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1865 1866 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1867 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1868 1869 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1870 enum CCEKind { 1871 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1872 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1873 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1874 }; 1875 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1876 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1877 1878 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1879 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1880 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1881 public: 1882 bool Suppress; 1883 bool SuppressConversion; 1884 1885 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1886 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1887 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1888 1889 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1890 /// integral or enumeration type. 1891 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1892 QualType T) = 0; 1893 1894 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1895 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1896 QualType T) = 0; 1897 1898 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1899 /// is explicit. 1900 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1901 QualType T, 1902 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1903 1904 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1905 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1906 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1907 1908 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1909 /// functions. 1910 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1911 QualType T) = 0; 1912 1913 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1914 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1915 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1916 1917 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1918 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1919 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1920 QualType T, 1921 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1922 1923 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1924 }; 1925 1926 ExprResult 1927 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1928 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1929 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1930 1931 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1932 OS_Array, 1933 OS_Dictionary, 1934 OS_Error 1935 }; 1936 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1937 1938 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 1939 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 1940 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 1941 LK_Array, 1942 LK_Dictionary, 1943 LK_Numeric, 1944 LK_Boxed, 1945 LK_String, 1946 LK_Block, 1947 LK_None 1948 }; 1949 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 1950 1951 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 1952 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1953 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1954 NamedDecl *Member); 1955 1956 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 1957 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 1958 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 1959 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 1960 1961 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 1962 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1963 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1964 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1965 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1966 bool PartialOverloading = false, 1967 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1968 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 1969 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1970 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1971 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 1972 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 1973 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1974 QualType ObjectType, 1975 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1976 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 1977 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1978 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 1979 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1980 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1981 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 1982 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1983 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1984 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1985 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1986 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 1987 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1988 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 1989 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1990 QualType ObjectType, 1991 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 1992 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1993 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 1994 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 1995 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 1996 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 1997 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 1998 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 1999 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2000 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2001 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2002 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2003 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2004 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2005 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2006 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2007 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2008 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2009 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2010 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2011 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2012 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2013 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2014 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2015 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2016 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2017 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2018 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2019 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2020 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2021 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2022 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2023 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2024 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2025 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2026 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2027 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2028 SourceLocation OpLoc, 2029 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2030 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2031 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2032 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2033 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2034 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2035 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2036 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2037 2038 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2039 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2040 2041 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2042 // identified by the expression Expr 2043 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2044 2045 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2046 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2047 // R (A) --> R(A) 2048 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2049 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2050 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2051 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2052 2053 FunctionDecl * 2054 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2055 QualType TargetType, 2056 bool Complain, 2057 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2058 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2059 2060 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2061 bool Complain = false, 2062 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2063 2064 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2065 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2066 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2067 bool Complain = false, 2068 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2069 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2070 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2071 2072 2073 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2074 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2075 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2076 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2077 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2078 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2079 2080 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2081 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2082 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2083 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2084 2085 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2086 // range-based for loop. 2087 enum ForRangeStatus { 2088 FRS_Success, 2089 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2090 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2091 }; 2092 2093 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2094 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2095 enum BeginEndFunction { 2096 BEF_begin, 2097 BEF_end 2098 }; 2099 2100 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2101 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2102 VarDecl *Decl, 2103 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2104 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2105 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2106 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2107 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2108 2109 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2110 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2111 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2112 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2113 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2114 Expr *ExecConfig, 2115 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2116 2117 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2118 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2119 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2120 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2121 ExprResult *Result); 2122 2123 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2124 unsigned Opc, 2125 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2126 Expr *input); 2127 2128 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2129 unsigned Opc, 2130 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2131 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2132 2133 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2134 SourceLocation RLoc, 2135 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2136 2137 ExprResult 2138 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2139 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args, 2140 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2141 ExprResult 2142 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2143 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 2144 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2145 2146 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2147 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2148 2149 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2150 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2151 /// that best represents the call. 2152 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2153 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2154 2155 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2156 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2157 bool CheckParameterNames); 2158 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2159 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2160 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2161 2162 /// \name Name lookup 2163 /// 2164 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2165 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2166 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2167 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2168 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2169 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2170 /// 2171 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2172 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2173 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2174 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2175 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2176 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2177 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2178 /// 2179 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2180 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2181 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2182 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2183 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2184 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2185 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2186 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2187 //@{ 2188 2189 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2190 enum LookupNameKind { 2191 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2192 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2193 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2194 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2195 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2196 /// structs, and unions. 2197 LookupTagName, 2198 /// Label name lookup. 2199 LookupLabel, 2200 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2201 /// class/struct/union members. 2202 LookupMemberName, 2203 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2204 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2205 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2206 LookupOperatorName, 2207 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2208 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2209 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2210 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2211 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2212 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2213 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2214 LookupNamespaceName, 2215 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2216 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2217 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2218 LookupUsingDeclName, 2219 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2220 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2221 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2222 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2223 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2224 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2225 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2226 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2227 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2228 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2229 LookupAnyName 2230 }; 2231 2232 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2233 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2234 enum RedeclarationKind { 2235 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2236 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2237 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2238 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2239 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2240 ForRedeclaration 2241 }; 2242 2243 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2244 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2245 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2246 LOLR_Error, 2247 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2248 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2249 LOLR_Cooked, 2250 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2251 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2252 LOLR_Raw, 2253 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2254 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2255 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2256 LOLR_Template 2257 }; 2258 2259 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2260 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2261 bool ConstArg, 2262 bool VolatileArg, 2263 bool RValueThis, 2264 bool ConstThis, 2265 bool VolatileThis); 2266 2267private: 2268 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2269 2270 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2271 // 2272 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2273 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2274 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2275 2276 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2277 /// source. 2278 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2279 2280public: 2281 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2282 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2283 /// 2284 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2285 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2286 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2287 SourceLocation Loc, 2288 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2289 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2290 = NotForRedeclaration); 2291 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2292 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2293 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2294 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2295 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2296 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2297 bool EnteringContext = false); 2298 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2299 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2300 = NotForRedeclaration); 2301 2302 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2303 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2304 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2305 2306 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2307 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2308 2309 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2310 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2311 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2312 unsigned Quals); 2313 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2314 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2315 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2316 unsigned Quals); 2317 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2318 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2319 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2320 2321 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2322 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2323 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2324 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2325 2326 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2327 SourceLocation Loc, 2328 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2329 ADLResult &Functions); 2330 2331 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2332 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2333 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2334 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2335 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2336 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2337 2338 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2339 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2340 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2341 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2342 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2343 bool EnteringContext = false, 2344 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2345 2346 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2347 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2348 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2349 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2350 2351 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2352 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2353 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2354 2355 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2356 //@} 2357 2358 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2359 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2360 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2361 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2362 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2363 SourceLocation Loc); 2364 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2365 Scope *S); 2366 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2367 2368 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2369 2370 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2371 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2372 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2373 bool NonInheritable = true, 2374 bool Inheritable = true); 2375 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2376 bool NonInheritable = true, 2377 bool Inheritable = true, 2378 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2379 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2380 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2381 2382 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2383 2384 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2385 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2386 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2387 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2388 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2389 2390 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2391 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2392 SourceRange Range); 2393 2394 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2395 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2396 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2397 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2398 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2399 2400 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2401 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2402 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2403 2404 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2405 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2406 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2407 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2408 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2409 2410 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2411 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2412 2413 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2414 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2415 2416 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2417 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2418 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2419 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2420 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2421 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2422 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2423 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2424 2425 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2426 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2427 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2428 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2429 SourceLocation Loc); 2430 2431 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2432 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2433 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2434 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2435 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2436 2437 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2438 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2439 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2440 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2441 const SelectorSet &InsMap); 2442 2443 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2444 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2445 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2446 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2447 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2448 2449 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2450 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2451 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2452 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2453 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2454 2455 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2456 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2457 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2458 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2459 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2460 2461 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2462 /// class extensions. 2463 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2464 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2465 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2466 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2467 Selector GetterSel, 2468 Selector SetterSel, 2469 const bool isAssign, 2470 const bool isReadWrite, 2471 const unsigned Attributes, 2472 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2473 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2474 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2475 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2476 2477 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2478 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2479 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2480 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2481 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2482 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2483 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2484 Selector GetterSel, 2485 Selector SetterSel, 2486 const bool isAssign, 2487 const bool isReadWrite, 2488 const unsigned Attributes, 2489 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2490 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2491 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2492 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2493 2494 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2495 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2496 /// setter or getter. 2497 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2498 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2499 2500 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2501 2502 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2503 2504 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2505 MMS_loose, 2506 MMS_strict 2507 }; 2508 2509 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2510 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2511 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2512 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2513 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2514 2515 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2516 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2517 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2518 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2519 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2520 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2521 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2522 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2523 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2524 bool ImmediateClass, 2525 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2526 2527 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2528 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2529 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2530 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2531 2532 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2533 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2534 2535private: 2536 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2537 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2538 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2539 2540 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2541 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2542 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2543 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2544 bool warn, bool instance); 2545 2546public: 2547 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2548 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2549 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2550 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2551 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2552 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2553 } 2554 2555 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2556 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2557 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2558 } 2559 2560 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2561 /// pool. 2562 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2563 2564 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2565 /// there are multiple signatures. 2566 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2567 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2568 bool warn=true) { 2569 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2570 warn, /*instance*/true); 2571 } 2572 2573 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2574 /// there are multiple signatures. 2575 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2576 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2577 bool warn=true) { 2578 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2579 warn, /*instance*/false); 2580 } 2581 2582 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2583 /// implementation. 2584 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2585 2586 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2587 /// initialization. 2588 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2589 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2590 2591 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2592 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2593public: 2594 class FullExprArg { 2595 public: 2596 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2597 2598 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2599 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2600 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2601 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2602 2603 ExprResult release() { 2604 return E; 2605 } 2606 2607 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2608 2609 Expr *operator->() { 2610 return E; 2611 } 2612 2613 private: 2614 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2615 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2616 friend class Sema; 2617 2618 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2619 2620 Expr *E; 2621 }; 2622 2623 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2624 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2625 } 2626 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2627 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2628 } 2629 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2630 ExprResult FE = 2631 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2632 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2633 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2634 } 2635 2636 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2637 2638 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2639 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2640 2641 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2642 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2643 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2644 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2645 bool isStmtExpr); 2646 2647 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2648 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2649 public: 2650 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2651 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2652 } 2653 2654 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2655 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2656 } 2657 2658 private: 2659 Sema &S; 2660 }; 2661 2662 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2663 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2664 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2665 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2666 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2667 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2668 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2669 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2670 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2671 2672 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2673 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2674 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2675 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2676 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2677 2678 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2679 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2680 Stmt *SubStmt); 2681 2682 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2683 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2684 Stmt *ThenVal, 2685 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2686 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2687 Expr *Cond, 2688 Decl *CondVar); 2689 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2690 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2691 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2692 FullExprArg Cond, 2693 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2694 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2695 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2696 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2697 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2698 2699 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2700 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2701 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2702 Decl *SecondVar, 2703 FullExprArg Third, 2704 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2705 Stmt *Body); 2706 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2707 Expr *collection); 2708 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2709 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2710 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2711 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2712 2713 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2714 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2715 BFRK_Build, 2716 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2717 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2718 BFRK_Rebuild, 2719 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2720 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2721 BFRK_Check 2722 }; 2723 2724 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2725 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2726 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2727 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2728 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2729 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2730 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2731 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2732 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2733 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2734 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2735 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2736 2737 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2738 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2739 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2740 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2741 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2742 Expr *DestExp); 2743 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2744 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2745 2746 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2747 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2748 2749 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2750 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2751 2752 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2753 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2754 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2755 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2756 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2757 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2758 2759 NamedDecl *LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(StringRef Name, SourceLocation Loc, 2760 unsigned &Length, unsigned &Size, 2761 unsigned &Type, bool &IsVarDecl); 2762 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2763 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2764 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2765 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, SourceLocation EndLoc); 2766 2767 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2768 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2769 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2770 bool Invalid = false); 2771 2772 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2773 2774 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2775 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2776 2777 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2778 2779 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2780 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2781 2782 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2783 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2784 Scope *CurScope); 2785 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2786 Expr *operand); 2787 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2788 Expr *SynchExpr, 2789 Stmt *SynchBody); 2790 2791 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2792 2793 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2794 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2795 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2796 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2797 2798 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2799 2800 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2801 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2802 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2803 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2804 2805 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2806 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2807 Stmt *TryBlock, 2808 Stmt *Handler); 2809 2810 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2811 Expr *FilterExpr, 2812 Stmt *Block); 2813 2814 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2815 Stmt *Block); 2816 2817 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2818 2819 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2820 2821 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2822 /// of it. 2823 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2824 2825 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2826 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2827 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2828 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2829 2830 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2831 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2832 /// 2833 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2834 /// if (condition); 2835 /// do_stuff(); 2836 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2837 const Stmt *Body, 2838 unsigned DiagID); 2839 2840 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2841 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2842 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2843 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2844 2845 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2846 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2847 } 2848 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2849 2850 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2851 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2852 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2853 } 2854 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2855 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2856 } 2857 2858 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2859 2860 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2861 SourceLocation Loc, 2862 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2863 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2864 2865 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2866 2867 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2868 StringRef message); 2869 2870 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2871 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2872 2873 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2874 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2875 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2876 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2877 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2878 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2879 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2880 SourceLocation Loc); 2881 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2882 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 2883 2884 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2885 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2886 bool IsDecltype = false); 2887 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2888 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2889 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2890 bool IsDecltype = false); 2891 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2892 2893 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2894 2895 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2896 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2897 2898 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2899 2900 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2901 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2902 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2903 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2904 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2905 // named expressions. 2906 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 2907 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2908 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2909 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2910 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2911 2912 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2913 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2914 2915 enum TryCaptureKind { 2916 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2917 }; 2918 2919 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2920 /// 2921 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2922 /// 2923 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2924 /// 2925 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2926 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2927 /// 2928 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2929 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2930 /// 2931 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2932 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2933 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 2934 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 2935 /// 2936 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 2937 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 2938 /// variable can be captured. 2939 /// 2940 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 2941 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 2942 /// captured. 2943 /// 2944 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 2945 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 2946 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 2947 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 2948 QualType &CaptureType, 2949 QualType &DeclRefType); 2950 2951 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2952 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 2953 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 2954 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 2955 2956 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 2957 /// variable will have in the given scope. 2958 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 2959 2960 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 2961 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 2962 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 2963 2964 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 2965 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 2966 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 2967 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 2968 bool ForceComplain = false, 2969 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 2970 2971 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 2972 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 2973 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 2974 2975 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 2976 /// evaluation context. 2977 /// 2978 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 2979 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 2980 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 2981 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 2982 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 2983 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 2984 2985 // Primary Expressions. 2986 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 2987 2988 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2989 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2990 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2991 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 2992 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 2993 2994 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 2995 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 2996 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2997 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 2998 2999 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3000 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3001 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3002 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = ArrayRef<Expr *>()); 3003 3004 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3005 IdentifierInfo *II, 3006 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3007 3008 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3009 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3010 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3011 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3012 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3013 3014 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3015 ExprValueKind VK, 3016 SourceLocation Loc, 3017 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3018 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3019 ExprValueKind VK, 3020 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3021 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3022 ExprResult 3023 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3024 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3025 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3026 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3027 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3028 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3029 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3030 LookupResult &R, 3031 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3032 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3033 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3034 LookupResult &R, 3035 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3036 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3037 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3038 const LookupResult &R, 3039 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3040 3041 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3042 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3043 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3044 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3045 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3046 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3047 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3048 3049 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3050 LookupResult &R, 3051 bool NeedsADL); 3052 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3053 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3054 NamedDecl *D); 3055 3056 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3057 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3058 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3059 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3060 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3061 3062 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3063 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3064 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3065 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3066 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3067 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3068 SourceLocation R, 3069 MultiExprArg Val); 3070 3071 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3072 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3073 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3074 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3075 3076 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3077 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3078 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3079 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3080 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 3081 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 3082 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3083 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3084 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3085 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3086 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 3087 Expr **Exprs, 3088 unsigned NumAssocs); 3089 3090 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3091 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3092 Expr *InputExpr); 3093 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3094 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3095 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3096 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3097 3098 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3099 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3100 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3101 SourceRange R); 3102 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3103 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3104 ExprResult 3105 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3106 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3107 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3108 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3109 3110 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3111 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3112 3113 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3114 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3115 SourceRange ExprRange, 3116 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3117 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3118 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3119 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3120 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3121 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3122 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3123 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3124 3125 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3126 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3127 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3128 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3129 3130 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3131 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3132 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3133 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3134 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3135 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3136 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3137 3138 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3139 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3140 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3141 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3142 // defines a custom operator->). 3143 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3144 Scope *S; 3145 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3146 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3147 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3148 }; 3149 3150 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3151 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3152 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3153 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3154 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3155 LookupResult &R, 3156 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3157 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3158 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3159 3160 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3161 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3162 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3163 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3164 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3165 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3166 3167 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3168 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3169 const LookupResult &R); 3170 3171 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3172 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3173 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3174 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3175 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3176 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3177 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3178 3179 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3180 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3181 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3182 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3183 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3184 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3185 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3186 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3187 3188 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3189 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3190 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3191 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3192 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3193 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3194 bool ExecConfig = false); 3195 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3196 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3197 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3198 3199 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3200 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3201 /// locations. 3202 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3203 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3204 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3205 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3206 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3207 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 3208 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3209 Expr *Config = 0, 3210 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3211 3212 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3213 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3214 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3215 3216 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3217 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3218 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3219 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3220 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3221 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3222 Expr *Op); 3223 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3224 3225 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3226 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3227 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3228 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3229 3230 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3231 3232 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3233 ParsedType Ty, 3234 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3235 Expr *InitExpr); 3236 3237 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3238 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3239 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3240 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3241 3242 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3243 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3244 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3245 3246 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3247 SourceLocation Loc, 3248 bool GNUSyntax, 3249 ExprResult Init); 3250 3251 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3252 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3253 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3254 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3255 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3256 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3257 3258 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3259 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3260 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3261 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3262 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3263 3264 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3265 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3266 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3267 3268 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3269 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3270 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3271 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3272 3273 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3274 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3275 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3276 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3277 union { 3278 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3279 Expr *E; 3280 } U; 3281 }; 3282 3283 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3284 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3285 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3286 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3287 unsigned NumComponents, 3288 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3289 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3290 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3291 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3292 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3293 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3294 unsigned NumComponents, 3295 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3296 3297 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3298 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3299 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3300 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3301 3302 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3303 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3304 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3305 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3306 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3307 3308 // __null 3309 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3310 3311 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3312 3313 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3314 enum IfExistsResult { 3315 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3316 IER_Exists, 3317 3318 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3319 IER_DoesNotExist, 3320 3321 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3322 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3323 IER_Dependent, 3324 3325 /// \brief An error occurred. 3326 IER_Error 3327 }; 3328 3329 IfExistsResult 3330 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3331 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3332 3333 IfExistsResult 3334 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3335 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3336 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3337 3338 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3339 bool IsIfExists, 3340 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3341 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3342 Stmt *Nested); 3343 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3344 bool IsIfExists, 3345 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3346 Stmt *Nested); 3347 3348 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3349 3350 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3351 /// started. 3352 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3353 3354 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3355 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3356 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3357 Scope *CurScope); 3358 3359 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3360 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3361 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3362 3363 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3364 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3365 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3366 Scope *CurScope); 3367 3368 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3369 3370 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3371 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3372 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3373 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3374 3375 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3376 3377 // Act on C++ namespaces 3378 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3379 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3380 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3381 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3382 SourceLocation LBrace, 3383 AttributeList *AttrList); 3384 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3385 3386 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3387 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3388 3389 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3390 3391 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3392 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3393 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3394 3395 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3396 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3397 /// 3398 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3399 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3400 3401 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3402 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3403 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3404 3405 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3406 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3407 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3408 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3409 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3410 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3411 AttributeList *AttrList); 3412 3413 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3414 3415 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3416 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3417 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3418 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3419 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3420 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3421 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3422 3423 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3424 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3425 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3426 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3427 NamedDecl *Target); 3428 3429 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3430 bool isTypeName, 3431 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3432 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3433 const LookupResult &Previous); 3434 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3435 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3436 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3437 3438 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3439 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3440 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3441 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3442 AttributeList *AttrList, 3443 bool IsInstantiation, 3444 bool IsTypeName, 3445 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3446 3447 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3448 3449 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3450 AccessSpecifier AS, 3451 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3452 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3453 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3454 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3455 AttributeList *AttrList, 3456 bool IsTypeName, 3457 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3458 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3459 AccessSpecifier AS, 3460 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3461 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3462 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3463 AttributeList *AttrList, 3464 TypeResult Type); 3465 3466 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3467 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3468 /// 3469 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3470 ExprResult 3471 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3472 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3473 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3474 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3475 SourceRange ParenRange); 3476 3477 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3478 // the constructor can be elidable? 3479 ExprResult 3480 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3481 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3482 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3483 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3484 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3485 3486 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3487 /// the default expr if needed. 3488 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3489 FunctionDecl *FD, 3490 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3491 3492 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3493 /// constructed variable. 3494 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3495 3496 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3497 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3498 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3499 // Pointer to allow copying 3500 Sema *Self; 3501 // We order exception specifications thus: 3502 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3503 // throw() comes next. 3504 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3505 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3506 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3507 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3508 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3509 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3510 3511 void ClearExceptions() { 3512 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3513 Exceptions.clear(); 3514 } 3515 3516 public: 3517 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3518 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3519 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3520 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3521 } 3522 3523 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3524 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3525 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3526 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3527 return ComputedEST; 3528 } 3529 3530 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3531 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3532 3533 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3534 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3535 3536 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3537 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3538 3539 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3540 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3541 3542 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3543 /// computed exception specification. 3544 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3545 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3546 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3547 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3548 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3549 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3550 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3551 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3552 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3553 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3554 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3555 tok::kw_false).take(); 3556 } 3557 } 3558 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3559 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3560 getEPI(EPI); 3561 return EPI; 3562 } 3563 }; 3564 3565 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3566 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3567 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3568 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3569 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3570 3571 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3572 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3573 /// will be const. 3574 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3575 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3576 3577 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3578 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3579 /// parameter will be const. 3580 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3581 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3582 3583 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3584 /// constructor of a class will have. 3585 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3586 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3587 3588 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3589 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3590 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3591 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3592 3593 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3594 /// destructor of a class will have. 3595 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3596 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3597 3598 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3599 /// special member function. 3600 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3601 3602 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3603 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3604 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3605 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3606 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3607 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3608 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3609 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3610 3611 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3612 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3613 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3614 bool Diagnose = false); 3615 3616 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3617 /// 3618 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3619 /// default constructor will be added. 3620 /// 3621 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3622 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3623 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3624 3625 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3626 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3627 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3628 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3629 3630 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3631 /// 3632 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3633 /// destructor will be added. 3634 /// 3635 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3636 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3637 3638 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3639 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3640 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3641 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3642 3643 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3644 /// 3645 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3646 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3647 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3648 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3649 3650 /// \brief Declare all inherited constructors for the given class. 3651 /// 3652 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inherited 3653 /// constructors will be added. 3654 void DeclareInheritedConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3655 3656 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3657 /// 3658 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3659 /// copy constructor will be added. 3660 /// 3661 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3662 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3663 3664 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3665 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3666 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3667 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3668 3669 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3670 /// 3671 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3672 /// move constructor will be added. 3673 /// 3674 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3675 /// declared. 3676 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3677 3678 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3679 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3680 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3681 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3682 3683 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3684 /// 3685 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3686 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3687 /// 3688 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3689 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3690 3691 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3692 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3693 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3694 3695 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3696 /// 3697 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3698 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3699 /// 3700 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3701 /// wasn't declared. 3702 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3703 3704 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3705 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3706 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3707 3708 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3709 /// class. 3710 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3711 3712 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3713 /// special member function. 3714 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3715 3716 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3717 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3718 /// 3719 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3720 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3721 3722 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3723 /// member function. 3724 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3725 3726 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3727 /// static member function. 3728 /// 3729 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3730 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3731 3732 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3733 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3734 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3735 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3736 3737 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3738 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3739 SourceLocation Loc, 3740 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3741 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3742 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3743 3744 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3745 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3746 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3747 ParsedType ObjectType, 3748 bool EnteringContext); 3749 3750 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3751 3752 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3753 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3754 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3755 3756 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3757 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3758 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3759 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3760 Declarator &D, 3761 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3762 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3763 Expr *E, 3764 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3765 3766 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3767 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3768 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3769 Expr *E, 3770 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3771 SourceRange Parens); 3772 3773 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3774 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3775 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3776 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3777 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3778 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3779 Expr *Operand, 3780 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3781 3782 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3783 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3784 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3785 void *TyOrExpr, 3786 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3787 3788 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3789 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3790 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3791 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3792 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3793 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3794 Expr *Operand, 3795 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3796 3797 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3798 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3799 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3800 void *TyOrExpr, 3801 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3802 3803 3804 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3805 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3806 3807 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3808 /// 3809 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3810 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3811 3812 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3813 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3814 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3815 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3816 3817 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3818 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3819 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3820 Sema &S; 3821 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3822 bool Enabled; 3823 3824 public: 3825 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3826 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3827 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3828 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3829 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3830 bool Enabled = true); 3831 3832 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3833 }; 3834 3835 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3836 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3837 /// 3838 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3839 /// 3840 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3841 /// capture list. 3842 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3843 3844 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3845 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3846 /// being defined. 3847 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3848 3849 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3850 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3851 3852 3853 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3854 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3855 3856 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3857 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3858 3859 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3860 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3861 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3862 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3863 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3864 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3865 3866 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3867 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3868 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3869 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3870 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3871 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3872 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3873 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3874 3875 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3876 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3877 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3878 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3879 3880 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3881 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3882 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3883 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3884 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3885 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3886 Expr *Initializer); 3887 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3888 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3889 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3890 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3891 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3892 QualType AllocType, 3893 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3894 Expr *ArraySize, 3895 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3896 Expr *Initializer, 3897 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3898 3899 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3900 SourceRange R); 3901 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3902 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3903 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3904 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3905 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3906 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3907 DeclarationName Name, Expr** Args, 3908 unsigned NumArgs, DeclContext *Ctx, 3909 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3910 bool Diagnose = true); 3911 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3912 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3913 QualType Argument, 3914 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3915 3916 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3917 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3918 bool Diagnose = true); 3919 3920 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 3921 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 3922 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 3923 Expr *Operand); 3924 3925 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 3926 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 3927 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 3928 bool ConvertToBoolean); 3929 3930 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 3931 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 3932 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 3933 SourceLocation RParen); 3934 3935 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3936 /// pseudo-functions. 3937 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3938 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3939 ParsedType Ty, 3940 SourceLocation RParen); 3941 3942 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 3943 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3944 TypeSourceInfo *T, 3945 SourceLocation RParen); 3946 3947 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3948 /// pseudo-functions. 3949 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 3950 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3951 ParsedType LhsTy, 3952 ParsedType RhsTy, 3953 SourceLocation RParen); 3954 3955 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 3956 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3957 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 3958 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 3959 SourceLocation RParen); 3960 3961 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 3962 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3963 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 3964 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3965 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 3966 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 3967 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3968 3969 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 3970 /// pseudo-functions. 3971 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3972 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3973 ParsedType LhsTy, 3974 Expr *DimExpr, 3975 SourceLocation RParen); 3976 3977 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 3978 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3979 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 3980 Expr *DimExpr, 3981 SourceLocation RParen); 3982 3983 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 3984 /// pseudo-functions. 3985 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3986 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3987 Expr *Queried, 3988 SourceLocation RParen); 3989 3990 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 3991 SourceLocation KWLoc, 3992 Expr *Queried, 3993 SourceLocation RParen); 3994 3995 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 3996 Expr *Base, 3997 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3998 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3999 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4000 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4001 4002 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4003 4004 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4005 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4006 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4007 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4008 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4009 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4010 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4011 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4012 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4013 4014 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4015 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4016 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4017 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4018 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4019 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4020 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4021 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4022 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4023 4024 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4025 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4026 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4027 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4028 const DeclSpec& DS, 4029 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4030 4031 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4032 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4033 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4034 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4035 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4036 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4037 4038 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4039 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4040 : SourceLocation()); 4041 } 4042 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4043 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4044 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4045 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4046 4047 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4048 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4049 4050 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4051 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4052 bool EnteringContext = false); 4053 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4054 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4055 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4056 4057 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4058 /// 4059 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4060 /// 4061 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4062 /// 4063 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4064 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4065 /// 4066 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4067 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4068 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4069 4070 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4071 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4072 4073 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4074 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4075 IdentifierInfo &II, 4076 ParsedType ObjectType); 4077 4078 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4079 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4080 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4081 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4082 QualType ObjectType, 4083 bool EnteringContext, 4084 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4085 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4086 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4087 4088 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4089 /// 4090 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4091 /// 4092 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4093 /// 4094 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4095 /// 4096 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4097 /// 4098 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4099 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4100 /// 4101 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4102 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4103 /// 4104 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4105 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4106 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4107 /// including this new type). 4108 /// 4109 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4110 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4111 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4112 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4113 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4114 ParsedType ObjectType, 4115 bool EnteringContext, 4116 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4117 4118 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4119 4120 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4121 const DeclSpec &DS, 4122 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4123 4124 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4125 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4126 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4127 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4128 ParsedType ObjectType, 4129 bool EnteringContext); 4130 4131 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4132 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4133 /// 4134 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4135 /// 4136 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4137 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4138 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4139 /// including this new type). 4140 /// 4141 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4142 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4143 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4144 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4145 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4146 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4147 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4148 /// 4149 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4150 /// nested-name-specifier. 4151 /// 4152 /// 4153 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4154 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4155 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4156 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4157 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4158 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4159 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4160 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4161 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4162 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4163 bool EnteringContext); 4164 4165 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4166 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4167 /// nested-name-specifier. 4168 /// 4169 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4170 /// 4171 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4172 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4173 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4174 4175 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4176 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4177 /// 4178 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4179 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4180 /// 4181 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4182 /// 4183 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4184 /// of the annotation pointer. 4185 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4186 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4187 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4188 4189 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4190 4191 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4192 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4193 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4194 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4195 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4196 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4197 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4198 4199 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4200 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4201 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4202 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4203 /// defining scope. 4204 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4205 4206 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4207 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4208 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4209 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4210 /// class X. 4211 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4212 4213 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4214 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4215 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4216 4217 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4218 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4219 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4220 bool KnownDependent); 4221 4222 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4223 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4224 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4225 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4226 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4227 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4228 4229 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4230 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4231 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4232 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4233 bool ExplicitParams, 4234 bool ExplicitResultType, 4235 bool Mutable); 4236 4237 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4238 /// given lambda. 4239 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4240 4241 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4242 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4243 4244 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4245 /// statements present in the body. 4246 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4247 4248 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4249 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4250 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4251 /// lambda. 4252 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4253 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4254 4255 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4256 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4257 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4258 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4259 4260 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4261 /// was successfully completed. 4262 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4263 Scope *CurScope, 4264 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4265 4266 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4267 /// function pointer. 4268 /// 4269 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4270 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4271 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4272 /// block pointer conversion. 4273 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4274 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4275 4276 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4277 /// block pointer. 4278 /// 4279 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4280 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4281 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4282 /// block pointer conversion. 4283 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4284 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4285 4286 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4287 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4288 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4289 Expr *Src); 4290 4291 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4292 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4293 Expr **Strings, 4294 unsigned NumStrings); 4295 4296 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4297 4298 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4299 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4300 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4301 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4302 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4303 bool Value); 4304 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4305 4306 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4307 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4308 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4309 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4310 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4311 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4312 4313 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4314 Expr *IndexExpr, 4315 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4316 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4317 4318 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4319 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4320 unsigned NumElements); 4321 4322 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4323 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4324 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4325 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4326 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4327 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4328 4329 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4330 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4331 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4332 ParsedType Ty, 4333 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4334 4335 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4336 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4337 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4338 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4339 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4340 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4341 4342 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4343 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4344 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4345 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4346 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4347 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4348 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4349 4350 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4351 // C++ Declarations 4352 // 4353 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4354 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4355 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4356 StringRef Lang, 4357 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4358 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4359 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4360 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4361 4362 4363 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4364 // C++ Classes 4365 // 4366 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4367 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4368 4369 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4370 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4371 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4372 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4373 4374 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4375 Declarator &D, 4376 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4377 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4378 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4379 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4380 Expr *Init); 4381 4382 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4383 Scope *S, 4384 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4385 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4386 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4387 const DeclSpec &DS, 4388 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4389 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4390 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 4391 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4392 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4393 4394 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4395 Scope *S, 4396 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4397 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4398 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4399 const DeclSpec &DS, 4400 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4401 Expr *InitList, 4402 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4403 4404 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4405 Scope *S, 4406 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4407 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4408 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4409 const DeclSpec &DS, 4410 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4411 Expr *Init, 4412 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4413 4414 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4415 Expr *Init, 4416 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4417 4418 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4419 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4420 Expr *Init, 4421 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4422 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4423 4424 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4425 Expr *Init, 4426 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4427 4428 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4429 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4430 4431 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4432 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = 4433 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *>()); 4434 4435 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4436 4437 4438 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4439 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4440 /// referenced. 4441 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4442 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4443 4444 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4445 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4446 /// first use occurred. 4447 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4448 4449 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4450 /// materialized. 4451 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4452 4453 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4454 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4455 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4456 /// by code generation). 4457 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4458 4459 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4460 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4461 4462 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4463 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4464 DynamicClassesType; 4465 4466 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4467 /// unit. 4468 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4469 4470 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4471 /// given location. 4472 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4473 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4474 4475 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4476 /// in the given class as needed. 4477 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4478 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4479 4480 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4481 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4482 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4483 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4484 4485 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4486 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4487 /// vtables. 4488 /// 4489 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4490 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4491 4492 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4493 4494 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4495 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4496 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4497 bool AnyErrors); 4498 4499 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4500 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4501 Decl *TagDecl, 4502 SourceLocation LBrac, 4503 SourceLocation RBrac, 4504 AttributeList *AttrList); 4505 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4506 4507 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4508 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4509 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4510 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4511 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4512 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4513 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4514 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4515 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4516 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4517 4518 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4519 Expr *AssertExpr, 4520 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4521 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4522 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4523 Expr *AssertExpr, 4524 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4525 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4526 bool Failed); 4527 4528 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4529 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4530 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4531 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4532 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4533 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4534 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4535 4536 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4537 StorageClass& SC); 4538 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4539 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4540 StorageClass& SC); 4541 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4542 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4543 StorageClass& SC); 4544 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4545 4546 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4547 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4548 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4549 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4550 4551 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4552 // C++ Derived Classes 4553 // 4554 4555 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4556 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4557 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4558 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4559 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4560 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4561 4562 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4563 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4564 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4565 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4566 ParsedType basetype, 4567 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4568 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4569 4570 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4571 unsigned NumBases); 4572 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4573 unsigned NumBases); 4574 4575 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4576 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4577 4578 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4579 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4580 4581 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4582 4583 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4584 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4585 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4586 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4587 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4588 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4589 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4590 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4591 DeclarationName Name, 4592 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4593 4594 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4595 4596 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4597 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4598 4599 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4600 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4601 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4602 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4603 4604 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4605 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4606 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4607 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4608 4609 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4610 4611 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4612 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4613 4614 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4615 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4616 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4617 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4618 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4619 4620 4621 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4622 // C++ Access Control 4623 // 4624 4625 enum AccessResult { 4626 AR_accessible, 4627 AR_inaccessible, 4628 AR_dependent, 4629 AR_delayed 4630 }; 4631 4632 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4633 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4634 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4635 4636 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4637 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4638 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4639 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4640 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4641 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4642 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4643 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4644 bool Diagnose = true); 4645 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4646 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4647 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4648 AccessSpecifier Access, 4649 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4650 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4651 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4652 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4653 AccessSpecifier Access, 4654 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4655 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4656 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4657 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4658 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4659 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4660 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4661 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4662 Expr *ArgExpr, 4663 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4664 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4665 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4666 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4667 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4668 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4669 unsigned DiagID, 4670 bool ForceCheck = false, 4671 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4672 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4673 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4674 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4675 AccessSpecifier access, 4676 QualType objectType); 4677 4678 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4679 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4680 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4681 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4682 4683 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4684 4685 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4686 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4687 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4688 4689 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4690 AbstractNone = -1, 4691 AbstractReturnType, 4692 AbstractParamType, 4693 AbstractVariableType, 4694 AbstractFieldType, 4695 AbstractIvarType, 4696 AbstractArrayType 4697 }; 4698 4699 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4700 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4701 template<typename T1> 4702 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4703 unsigned DiagID, 4704 const T1 &Arg1) { 4705 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4706 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4707 } 4708 4709 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4710 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4711 unsigned DiagID, 4712 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4713 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4714 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4715 } 4716 4717 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4718 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4719 unsigned DiagID, 4720 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4721 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4722 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4723 } 4724 4725 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4726 4727 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4728 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4729 4730 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4731 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4732 // 4733 4734 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4735 4736 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4737 4738 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4739 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4740 // 4741 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4742 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4743 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4744 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4745 4746 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4747 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4748 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4749 4750 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4751 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4752 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4753 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4754 ParsedType ObjectType, 4755 bool EnteringContext, 4756 TemplateTy &Template, 4757 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4758 4759 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4760 SourceLocation IILoc, 4761 Scope *S, 4762 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4763 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4764 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4765 4766 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4767 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4768 4769 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4770 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4771 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4772 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4773 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4774 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4775 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4776 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4777 4778 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4779 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4780 unsigned Depth, 4781 unsigned Position, 4782 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4783 Expr *DefaultArg); 4784 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4785 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4786 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4787 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4788 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4789 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4790 unsigned Depth, 4791 unsigned Position, 4792 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4793 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4794 4795 TemplateParameterList * 4796 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4797 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4798 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4799 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4800 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4801 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4802 4803 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4804 /// list. 4805 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4806 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4807 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4808 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4809 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4810 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4811 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4812 }; 4813 4814 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4815 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4816 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4817 TemplateParameterList * 4818 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4819 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4820 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4821 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4822 unsigned NumParamLists, 4823 bool IsFriend, 4824 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4825 bool &Invalid); 4826 4827 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4828 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4829 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4830 AttributeList *Attr, 4831 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4832 AccessSpecifier AS, 4833 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4834 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4835 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4836 4837 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4838 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4839 4840 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4841 4842 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4843 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4844 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4845 4846 TypeResult 4847 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4848 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4849 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4850 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4851 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4852 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4853 4854 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4855 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4856 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4857 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4858 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4859 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4860 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4861 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4862 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4863 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4864 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4865 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4866 4867 4868 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4869 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4870 LookupResult &R, 4871 bool RequiresADL, 4872 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4873 4874 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4875 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4876 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4877 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4878 4879 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4880 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4881 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4882 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4883 ParsedType ObjectType, 4884 bool EnteringContext, 4885 TemplateTy &Template); 4886 4887 DeclResult 4888 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4889 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4890 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4891 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4892 TemplateTy Template, 4893 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4894 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4895 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4896 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4897 AttributeList *Attr, 4898 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4899 4900 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4901 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4902 Declarator &D); 4903 4904 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4905 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4906 Declarator &D); 4907 4908 bool 4909 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4910 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4911 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4912 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4913 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4914 bool &SuppressNew); 4915 4916 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4917 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4918 LookupResult &Previous); 4919 4920 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4921 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4922 LookupResult &Previous); 4923 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 4924 4925 DeclResult 4926 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4927 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4928 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4929 unsigned TagSpec, 4930 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4931 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4932 TemplateTy Template, 4933 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4934 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4935 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4936 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4937 AttributeList *Attr); 4938 4939 DeclResult 4940 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4941 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4942 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4943 unsigned TagSpec, 4944 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4945 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4946 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4947 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4948 AttributeList *Attr); 4949 4950 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 4951 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4952 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4953 Declarator &D); 4954 4955 TemplateArgumentLoc 4956 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 4957 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4958 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4959 Decl *Param, 4960 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 4961 4962 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 4963 /// argument is being checked. 4964 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 4965 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 4966 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 4967 CTAK_Specified, 4968 4969 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 4970 /// deduction. 4971 CTAK_Deduced, 4972 4973 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 4974 /// via template argument deduction. 4975 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 4976 }; 4977 4978 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 4979 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 4980 NamedDecl *Template, 4981 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4982 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4983 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 4984 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 4985 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 4986 4987 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 4988 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 4989 /// 4990 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 4991 /// provided. 4992 /// 4993 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 4994 /// 4995 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 4996 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 4997 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 4998 /// arguments. 4999 /// 5000 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5001 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5002 /// set of template arguments. 5003 /// 5004 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5005 /// arguments. 5006 /// 5007 /// 5008 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5009 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5010 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5011 /// 5012 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5013 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5014 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5015 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5016 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5017 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5018 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5019 5020 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5021 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5022 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5023 5024 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5025 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5026 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5027 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5028 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5029 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5030 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5031 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5032 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5033 5034 ExprResult 5035 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5036 QualType ParamType, 5037 SourceLocation Loc); 5038 ExprResult 5039 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5040 SourceLocation Loc); 5041 5042 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5043 /// for equality. 5044 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5045 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5046 /// that might be redeclarations. 5047 /// 5048 /// \code 5049 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5050 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5051 /// \endcode 5052 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5053 5054 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5055 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5056 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5057 /// 5058 /// \code 5059 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5060 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5061 /// \endcode 5062 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5063 5064 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5065 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5066 /// template parameter. 5067 /// 5068 /// \code 5069 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5070 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5071 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5072 /// \endcode 5073 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5074 }; 5075 5076 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5077 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5078 bool Complain, 5079 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5080 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5081 = SourceLocation()); 5082 5083 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5084 5085 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5086 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5087 /// 5088 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5089 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5090 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5091 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5092 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5093 TypeResult 5094 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5095 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5096 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5097 5098 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5099 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5100 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5101 /// 5102 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5103 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5104 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5105 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5106 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5107 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5108 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5109 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5110 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5111 TypeResult 5112 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5113 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5114 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5115 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5116 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5117 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5118 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5119 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5120 5121 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5122 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5123 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5124 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5125 SourceLocation IILoc); 5126 5127 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5128 SourceLocation Loc, 5129 DeclarationName Name); 5130 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5131 5132 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5133 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5134 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5135 5136 std::string 5137 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5138 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5139 5140 std::string 5141 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5142 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5143 unsigned NumArgs); 5144 5145 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5146 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5147 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5148 5149 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5150 /// being diagnosed. 5151 /// 5152 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5153 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5154 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5155 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5156 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5157 5158 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5159 UPPC_BaseType, 5160 5161 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5162 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5163 5164 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5165 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5166 5167 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5168 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5169 5170 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5171 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5172 5173 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5174 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5175 5176 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5177 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5178 5179 /// \brief A using declaration. 5180 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5181 5182 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5183 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5184 5185 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5186 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5187 5188 /// \brief An initializer. 5189 UPPC_Initializer, 5190 5191 /// \brief A default argument. 5192 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5193 5194 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5195 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5196 5197 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5198 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5199 5200 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5201 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5202 5203 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5204 UPPC_IfExists, 5205 5206 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5207 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5208 5209 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5210 UPPC_Lambda, 5211 5212 /// \brief Block expression, 5213 UPPC_Block 5214}; 5215 5216 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5217 /// 5218 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5219 /// 5220 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5221 /// parameter packs. 5222 /// 5223 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5224 /// 5225 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5226 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5227 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5228 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5229 5230 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5231 /// diagnose the error. 5232 /// 5233 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5234 /// 5235 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5236 /// packs. 5237 /// 5238 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5239 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5240 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5241 5242 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5243 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5244 /// 5245 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5246 /// parameter packs. 5247 /// 5248 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5249 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5250 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5251 5252 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5253 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5254 /// 5255 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5256 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5257 /// 5258 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5259 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5260 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5261 5262 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5263 /// diagnose the error. 5264 /// 5265 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5266 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5267 /// 5268 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5269 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5270 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5271 5272 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5273 /// diagnose the error. 5274 /// 5275 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5276 /// 5277 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5278 /// parameter packs. 5279 /// 5280 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5281 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5282 TemplateName Template, 5283 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5284 5285 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5286 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5287 /// 5288 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5289 /// parameter packs. 5290 /// 5291 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5292 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5293 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5294 5295 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5296 /// template argument. 5297 /// 5298 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5299 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5300 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5301 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5302 5303 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5304 /// template argument. 5305 /// 5306 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5307 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5308 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5309 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5310 5311 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5312 /// type. 5313 /// 5314 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5315 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5316 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5317 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5318 5319 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5320 /// type. 5321 /// 5322 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5323 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5324 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5325 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5326 5327 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5328 /// nested-name-specifier. 5329 /// 5330 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5331 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5332 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5333 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5334 5335 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5336 /// name. 5337 /// 5338 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5339 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5340 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5341 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5342 5343 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5344 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5345 /// 5346 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5347 /// may already be invalid. 5348 /// 5349 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5350 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5351 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5352 5353 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5354 /// creates a pack expansion. 5355 /// 5356 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5357 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5358 /// 5359 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5360 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5361 5362 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5363 /// expansion. 5364 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5365 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5366 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5367 5368 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5369 /// expansion. 5370 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5371 SourceRange PatternRange, 5372 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5373 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5374 5375 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5376 /// creates a pack expansion. 5377 /// 5378 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5379 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5380 /// 5381 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5382 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5383 5384 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5385 /// creates a pack expansion. 5386 /// 5387 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5388 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5389 /// 5390 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5391 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5392 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5393 5394 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5395 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5396 /// transforming the pattern. 5397 /// 5398 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5399 /// pack expansion. 5400 /// 5401 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5402 /// the pack expansion. 5403 /// 5404 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5405 /// pattern. 5406 /// 5407 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5408 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5409 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5410 /// 5411 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5412 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5413 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5414 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5415 /// 5416 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5417 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5418 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5419 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5420 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5421 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5422 /// set this value in other cases. 5423 /// 5424 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5425 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5426 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5427 /// must be set. 5428 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5429 SourceRange PatternRange, 5430 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5431 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5432 bool &ShouldExpand, 5433 bool &RetainExpansion, 5434 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5435 5436 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5437 /// type. 5438 /// 5439 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5440 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5441 /// 5442 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5443 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5444 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5445 5446 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5447 /// parameter packs. 5448 /// 5449 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5450 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5451 /// 5452 /// \code 5453 /// void f(T...); 5454 /// \endcode 5455 /// 5456 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5457 /// a variadic function. 5458 /// 5459 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5460 /// false otherwise. 5461 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5462 5463 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5464 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5465 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5466 5467 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5468 /// 5469 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5470 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5471 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5472 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5473 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5474 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5475 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5476 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5477 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5478 TDK_Success = 0, 5479 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5480 TDK_Invalid, 5481 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5482 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5483 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5484 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5485 /// for every template parameter. 5486 TDK_Incomplete, 5487 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5488 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5489 TDK_Inconsistent, 5490 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5491 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5492 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5493 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5494 TDK_Underqualified, 5495 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5496 /// resulted in an error. 5497 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5498 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5499 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5500 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5501 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5502 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5503 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5504 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5505 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5506 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5507 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5508 /// template arguments for the given template. 5509 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5510 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5511 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5512 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5513 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5514 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5515 }; 5516 5517 TemplateDeductionResult 5518 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5519 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5520 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5521 5522 TemplateDeductionResult 5523 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5524 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5525 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5526 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5527 QualType *FunctionType, 5528 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5529 5530 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5531 // deduction for a call. 5532 struct OriginalCallArg { 5533 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5534 unsigned ArgIdx, 5535 QualType OriginalArgType) 5536 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5537 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5538 5539 QualType OriginalParamType; 5540 unsigned ArgIdx; 5541 QualType OriginalArgType; 5542 }; 5543 5544 TemplateDeductionResult 5545 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5546 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5547 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5548 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5549 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5550 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5551 5552 TemplateDeductionResult 5553 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5554 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5555 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5556 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5557 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5558 5559 TemplateDeductionResult 5560 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5561 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5562 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5563 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5564 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5565 5566 TemplateDeductionResult 5567 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5568 QualType ToType, 5569 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5570 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5571 5572 TemplateDeductionResult 5573 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5574 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5575 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5576 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5577 5578 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5579 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5580 DAR_Succeeded, 5581 DAR_Failed, 5582 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5583 }; 5584 5585 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5586 TypeSourceInfo *&Result); 5587 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5588 5589 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5590 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5591 SourceLocation Loc, 5592 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5593 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5594 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5595 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5596 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5597 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5598 SourceLocation Loc, 5599 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5600 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5601 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5602 bool Complain = true, 5603 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5604 5605 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5606 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5607 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5608 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5609 SourceLocation Loc); 5610 5611 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5612 bool OnlyDeduced, 5613 unsigned Depth, 5614 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5615 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5616 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5617 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5618 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5619 } 5620 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5621 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5622 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5623 5624 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5625 // C++ Template Instantiation 5626 // 5627 5628 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5629 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5630 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5631 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5632 5633 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5634 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5635 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5636 enum InstantiationKind { 5637 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5638 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5639 TemplateInstantiation, 5640 5641 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5642 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5643 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5644 /// arguments as specified. 5645 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5646 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5647 5648 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5649 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5650 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5651 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5652 5653 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5654 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5655 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5656 5657 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5658 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5659 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5660 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5661 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5662 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5663 5664 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5665 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5666 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5667 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5668 5669 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5670 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5671 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5672 5673 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5674 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5675 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5676 } Kind; 5677 5678 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5679 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5680 5681 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5682 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5683 /// arguments. 5684 NamedDecl *Template; 5685 5686 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5687 Decl *Entity; 5688 5689 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5690 /// are not part of the entity. 5691 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5692 5693 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5694 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5695 5696 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5697 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5698 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5699 5700 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5701 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5702 /// template instantiation. 5703 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5704 5705 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5706 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5707 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5708 5709 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5710 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5711 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5712 5713 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5714 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5715 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5716 return false; 5717 5718 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5719 return false; 5720 5721 switch (X.Kind) { 5722 case TemplateInstantiation: 5723 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5724 return true; 5725 5726 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5727 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5728 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5729 return false; 5730 5731 // Fall through 5732 5733 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5734 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5735 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5736 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5737 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5738 5739 } 5740 5741 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5742 } 5743 5744 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5745 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5746 return !(X == Y); 5747 } 5748 }; 5749 5750 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5751 /// 5752 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5753 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5754 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5755 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5756 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5757 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5758 5759 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5760 /// template instantiation. 5761 /// 5762 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5763 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5764 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5765 5766 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5767 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5768 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5769 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5770 5771 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5772 /// error or warning was produced. 5773 /// 5774 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5775 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5776 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5777 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5778 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5779 5780 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5781 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5782 /// 5783 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5784 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5785 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5786 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5787 5788 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5789 /// within a \c Sema object. 5790 /// 5791 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5792 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5793 Sema &Self; 5794 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5795 5796 public: 5797 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5798 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5799 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5800 } 5801 5802 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5803 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5804 } 5805 }; 5806 5807 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5808 5809 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5810 /// 5811 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5812 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5813 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5814 5815 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5816 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5817 /// deduction. 5818 /// 5819 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5820 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5821 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5822 5823 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5824 /// instantiation. 5825 /// 5826 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5827 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5828 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5829 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5830 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5831 /// 5832 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5833 /// the stack. 5834 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5835 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5836 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5837 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5838 Decl *Entity, 5839 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5840 5841 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5842 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5843 /// of a function template. 5844 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5845 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5846 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5847 5848 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5849 /// template-id. 5850 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5851 TemplateDecl *Template, 5852 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5853 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5854 5855 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5856 /// template-id. 5857 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5858 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5859 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5860 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5861 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5862 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5863 5864 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5865 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5866 /// specialization. 5867 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5868 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5869 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5870 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5871 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5872 5873 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5874 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5875 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5876 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5877 5878 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5879 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5880 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5881 NamedDecl *Template, 5882 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5883 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5884 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5885 5886 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5887 NamedDecl *Template, 5888 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5889 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5890 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5891 5892 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5893 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5894 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5895 TemplateDecl *Template, 5896 NamedDecl *Param, 5897 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5898 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5899 5900 5901 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5902 void Clear(); 5903 5904 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5905 5906 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5907 /// recursive template instantiations. 5908 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5909 5910 private: 5911 Sema &SemaRef; 5912 bool Invalid; 5913 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5914 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5915 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5916 5917 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5918 5919 InstantiatingTemplate& 5920 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 5921 }; 5922 5923 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 5924 5925 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 5926 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 5927 /// errors. 5928 /// 5929 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 5930 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 5931 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 5932 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 5933 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 5934 5935 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 5936 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 5937 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 5938 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 5939 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 5940 return ExprEvalContexts.back().Context == Sema::Unevaluated; 5941 } 5942 5943 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 5944 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 5945 /// deduction.` 5946 class SFINAETrap { 5947 Sema &SemaRef; 5948 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 5949 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5950 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5951 5952 public: 5953 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 5954 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 5955 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 5956 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 5957 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 5958 { 5959 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 5960 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 5961 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 5962 } 5963 5964 ~SFINAETrap() { 5965 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 5966 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 5967 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5968 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 5969 } 5970 5971 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 5972 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 5973 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 5974 } 5975 }; 5976 5977 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 5978 /// variables. 5979 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 5980 5981 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 5982 unsigned TyposCorrected; 5983 5984 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 5985 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 5986 5987 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 5988 /// name lookup. 5989 /// 5990 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 5991 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 5992 /// string represents a keyword. 5993 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 5994 5995 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 5996 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 5997 5998 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 5999 /// 6000 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6001 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6002 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6003 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6004 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6005 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6006 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6007 6008 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6009 /// but have not yet been performed. 6010 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6011 6012 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6013 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6014 /// 6015 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6016 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6017 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6018 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6019 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6020 6021 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6022 6023 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6024 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6025 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6026 6027 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6028 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6029 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6030 6031 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6032 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6033 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6034 6035 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6036 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6037 SourceLocation Loc, 6038 DeclarationName Entity, 6039 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6040 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6041 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6042 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6043 int indexAdjustment, 6044 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6045 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6046 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6047 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6048 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6049 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6050 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6051 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6052 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6053 6054 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6055 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6056 /// 6057 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6058 /// 6059 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6060 /// 6061 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6062 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6063 /// 6064 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6065 /// 6066 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6067 /// 6068 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6069 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6070 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6071 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6072 6073 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6074 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6075 6076 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6077 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6078 6079 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6080 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6081 bool CXXDirectInit); 6082 6083 bool 6084 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6085 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6086 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6087 6088 bool 6089 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6090 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6091 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6092 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6093 bool Complain = true); 6094 6095 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6096 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6097 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6098 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6099 6100 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6101 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6102 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6103 Decl *NewDecl; 6104 6105 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6106 Decl *D) 6107 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6108 { } 6109 }; 6110 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6111 6112 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6113 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6114 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6115 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6116 6117 bool 6118 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6119 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6120 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6121 bool Complain = true); 6122 6123 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6124 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6125 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6126 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6127 6128 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6129 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6130 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6131 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6132 6133 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6134 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6135 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6136 6137 DeclarationNameInfo 6138 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6139 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6140 TemplateName 6141 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6142 SourceLocation Loc, 6143 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6144 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6145 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6146 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6147 6148 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6149 FunctionDecl *Function); 6150 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6151 FunctionDecl *Function, 6152 bool Recursive = false, 6153 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6154 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6155 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6156 VarDecl *Var, 6157 bool Recursive = false, 6158 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6159 6160 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6161 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6162 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6163 6164 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6165 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6166 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6167 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6168 6169 // Objective-C declarations. 6170 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6171 OCK_None = -1, 6172 OCK_Interface = 0, 6173 OCK_Protocol, 6174 OCK_Category, 6175 OCK_ClassExtension, 6176 OCK_Implementation, 6177 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6178 }; 6179 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6180 6181 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6182 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6183 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6184 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6185 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6186 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6187 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6188 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6189 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6190 AttributeList *AttrList); 6191 6192 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6193 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6194 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6195 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6196 6197 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6198 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6199 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6200 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6201 6202 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6203 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6204 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6205 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6206 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6207 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6208 AttributeList *AttrList); 6209 6210 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6211 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6212 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6213 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6214 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6215 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6216 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6217 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6218 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6219 6220 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6221 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6222 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6223 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6224 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6225 6226 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6227 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6228 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6229 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6230 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6231 6232 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6233 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6234 6235 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6236 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6237 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6238 unsigned NumElts); 6239 6240 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6241 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6242 unsigned NumElts, 6243 AttributeList *attrList); 6244 6245 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6246 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6247 unsigned NumProtocols, 6248 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6249 6250 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6251 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6252 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6253 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6254 SourceLocation Loc, 6255 unsigned &Attributes, 6256 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6257 6258 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6259 /// setters and getters as needed. 6260 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6261 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6262 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6263 /// in class extension. 6264 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6265 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6266 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6267 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6268 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6269 6270 6271 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6272 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6273 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6274 6275 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6276 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6277 6278 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6279 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6280 6281 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6282 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6283 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6284 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6285 6286 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6287 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6288 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6289 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6290 bool *OverridingProperty, 6291 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6292 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6293 6294 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6295 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6296 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6297 bool ImplKind, 6298 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6299 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6300 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6301 6302 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6303 OSMK_None, 6304 OSMK_Alloc, 6305 OSMK_New, 6306 OSMK_Copy, 6307 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6308 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6309 }; 6310 6311 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6312 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6313 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6314 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6315 // in this case. 6316 ParsedType Type; 6317 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6318 6319 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6320 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6321 }; 6322 6323 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6324 Scope *S, 6325 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6326 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6327 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6328 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6329 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6330 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6331 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6332 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6333 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6334 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6335 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6336 6337 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6338 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6339 bool IsInstance); 6340 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6341 bool IsInstance); 6342 6343 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6344 6345 ExprResult 6346 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6347 Expr *BaseExpr, 6348 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6349 DeclarationName MemberName, 6350 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6351 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6352 bool Super); 6353 6354 ExprResult 6355 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6356 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6357 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6358 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6359 6360 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6361 6362 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6363 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6364 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6365 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6366 ObjCSuperMessage, 6367 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6368 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6369 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6370 /// name. 6371 ObjCClassMessage 6372 }; 6373 6374 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6375 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6376 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6377 bool IsSuper, 6378 bool HasTrailingDot, 6379 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6380 6381 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6382 Selector Sel, 6383 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6384 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6385 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6386 MultiExprArg Args); 6387 6388 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6389 QualType ReceiverType, 6390 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6391 Selector Sel, 6392 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6393 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6394 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6395 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6396 MultiExprArg Args, 6397 bool isImplicit = false); 6398 6399 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6400 bool isSuperReceiver, 6401 SourceLocation Loc, 6402 Selector Sel, 6403 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6404 MultiExprArg Args); 6405 6406 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6407 ParsedType Receiver, 6408 Selector Sel, 6409 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6410 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6411 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6412 MultiExprArg Args); 6413 6414 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6415 QualType ReceiverType, 6416 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6417 Selector Sel, 6418 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6419 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6420 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6421 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6422 MultiExprArg Args, 6423 bool isImplicit = false); 6424 6425 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6426 QualType ReceiverType, 6427 SourceLocation Loc, 6428 Selector Sel, 6429 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6430 MultiExprArg Args); 6431 6432 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6433 Expr *Receiver, 6434 Selector Sel, 6435 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6436 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6437 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6438 MultiExprArg Args); 6439 6440 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6441 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6442 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6443 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6444 Expr *SubExpr); 6445 6446 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6447 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6448 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6449 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6450 ParsedType Type, 6451 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6452 Expr *SubExpr); 6453 6454 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6455 6456 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6457 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6458 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6459 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6460 6461 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6462 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6463 RTC_Compatible, 6464 RTC_Incompatible, 6465 RTC_Unknown 6466 }; 6467 6468 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6469 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6470 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6471 6472 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6473 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6474 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6475 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6476 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6477 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6478 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6479 }; 6480 6481 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6482 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6483 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6484 6485 enum PragmaPackKind { 6486 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6487 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6488 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6489 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6490 }; 6491 6492 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6493 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6494 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6495 }; 6496 6497 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6498 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6499 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6500 Expr *Alignment, 6501 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6502 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6503 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6504 6505 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6506 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6507 6508 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6509 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6510 Scope *curScope, 6511 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6512 6513 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6514 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6515 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6516 6517 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6518 SourceLocation Loc); 6519 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6520 6521 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6522 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6523 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6524 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6525 6526 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6527 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6528 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6529 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6530 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6531 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6532 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6533 6534 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6535 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6536 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6537 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6538 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6539 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6540 6541 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6542 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6543 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6544 6545 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6546 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6547 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6548 6549 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6550 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6551 6552 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6553 void FreePackedContext(); 6554 6555 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6556 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6557 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6558 SourceLocation Loc); 6559 6560 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6561 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6562 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6563 6564 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6565 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6566 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6567 6568 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6569 void FreeVisContext(); 6570 6571 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6572 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6573 /// the appropriate attribute. 6574 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6575 6576 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6577 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6578 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6579 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6580 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6581 6582 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6583 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6584 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6585 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6586 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6587 CCK_CStyleCast, 6588 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6589 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6590 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6591 CCK_OtherCast 6592 }; 6593 6594 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6595 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6596 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6597 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6598 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6599 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6600 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6601 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6602 6603 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6604 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6605 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6606 6607 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6608 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6609 /// required. 6610 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6611 6612 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6613 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6614 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6615 6616 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6617 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6618 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6619 6620 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6621 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6622 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6623 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6624 6625 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6626 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6627 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6628 // type. 6629 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6630 6631 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6632 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6633 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6634 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6635 6636 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6637 enum VariadicCallType { 6638 VariadicFunction, 6639 VariadicBlock, 6640 VariadicMethod, 6641 VariadicConstructor, 6642 VariadicDoesNotApply 6643 }; 6644 6645 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6646 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6647 Expr *Fn); 6648 6649 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6650 // vararg function. 6651 enum VarArgKind { 6652 VAK_Valid, 6653 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6654 VAK_Invalid 6655 }; 6656 6657 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6658 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6659 6660 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6661 /// form of call prototypes. 6662 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6663 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6664 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6665 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6666 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6667 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6668 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6669 bool AllowExplicit = false, 6670 bool IsListInitialization = false); 6671 6672 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6673 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6674 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6675 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6676 6677 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6678 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6679 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6680 6681 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6682 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6683 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6684 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6685 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6686 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6687 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6688 6689 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6690 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6691 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6692 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6693 /// source and destination type. 6694 enum AssignConvertType { 6695 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6696 Compatible, 6697 6698 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6699 /// accept as an extension. 6700 PointerToInt, 6701 6702 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6703 /// accept as an extension. 6704 IntToPointer, 6705 6706 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6707 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6708 FunctionVoidPointer, 6709 6710 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6711 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6712 IncompatiblePointer, 6713 6714 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6715 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6716 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6717 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6718 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6719 6720 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6721 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6722 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6723 6724 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6725 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6726 /// like address spaces. 6727 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6728 6729 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6730 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6731 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6732 /// extension. 6733 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6734 6735 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6736 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6737 IncompatibleVectors, 6738 6739 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6740 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6741 IntToBlockPointer, 6742 6743 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6744 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6745 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6746 6747 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6748 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6749 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6750 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6751 6752 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6753 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6754 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6755 6756 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6757 /// represent it in the AST. 6758 Incompatible 6759 }; 6760 6761 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6762 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6763 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6764 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6765 SourceLocation Loc, 6766 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6767 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6768 bool *Complained = 0); 6769 6770 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6771 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6772 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6773 Expr *SrcExpr); 6774 6775 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6776 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6777 /// C99 6.5.16. 6778 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6779 QualType LHSType, 6780 QualType RHSType); 6781 6782 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6783 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6784 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6785 ExprResult &RHS, 6786 CastKind &Kind); 6787 6788 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6789 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6790 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6791 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6792 ExprResult &RHS, 6793 bool Diagnose = true); 6794 6795 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6796 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6797 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6798 ExprResult &RHS); 6799 6800 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6801 6802 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6803 6804 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6805 AssignmentAction Action, 6806 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6807 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6808 AssignmentAction Action, 6809 bool AllowExplicit, 6810 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6811 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6812 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6813 AssignmentAction Action, 6814 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6815 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6816 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6817 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6818 AssignmentAction Action, 6819 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6820 6821 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6822 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6823 6824 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6825 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6826 ExprResult &RHS); 6827 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6828 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6829 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6830 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6831 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6832 bool IsDivide); 6833 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6834 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6835 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6836 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6837 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6838 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6839 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6840 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6841 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6842 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6843 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6844 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6845 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6846 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6847 bool isRelational); 6848 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6849 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6850 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6851 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6852 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6853 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6854 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6855 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6856 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6857 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6858 6859 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6860 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6861 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6862 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6863 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6864 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6865 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6866 6867 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6868 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6869 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6870 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6871 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6872 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6873 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6874 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6875 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6876 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6877 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6878 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6879 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6880 NonStandardCompositeType); 6881 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6882 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6883 return Composite; 6884 } 6885 6886 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6887 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6888 6889 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 6890 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6891 6892 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 6893 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6894 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 6895 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 6896 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6897 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 6898 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6899 SourceLocation Loc); 6900 6901 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 6902 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 6903 6904 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 6905 6906 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 6907 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 6908 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 6909 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 6910 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 6911 /// reference binding is not possible. 6912 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 6913 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 6914 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 6915 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 6916 Ref_Related, 6917 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 6918 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 6919 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 6920 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 6921 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 6922 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 6923 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 6924 Ref_Compatible 6925 }; 6926 6927 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 6928 QualType T1, QualType T2, 6929 bool &DerivedToBase, 6930 bool &ObjCConversion, 6931 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 6932 6933 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 6934 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 6935 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 6936 6937 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 6938 /// given type. 6939 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 6940 6941 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 6942 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 6943 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 6944 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 6945 6946 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 6947 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6948 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 6949 // returns true if the cast is invalid 6950 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 6951 CastKind &Kind); 6952 6953 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 6954 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 6955 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 6956 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 6957 // returns the cast expr 6958 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 6959 CastKind &Kind); 6960 6961 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6962 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6963 Expr *CastExpr, 6964 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6965 6966 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 6967 6968 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 6969 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 6970 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 6971 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 6972 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6973 6974 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6975 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 6976 6977 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 6978 QualType ExprType); 6979 6980 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 6981 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 6982 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 6983 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 6984 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 6985 6986 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6987 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 6988 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 6989 6990 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 6991 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 6992 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6993 6994 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 6995 /// \param Method - May be null. 6996 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 6997 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 6998 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 6999 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 7000 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7001 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7002 bool isSuperMessage, 7003 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7004 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7005 7006 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7007 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7008 /// and the form of the message send. 7009 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7010 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7011 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7012 7013 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7014 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7015 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7016 7017 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7018 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7019 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7020 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7021 /// 7022 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7023 /// 'if' keyword. 7024 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7025 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7026 7027 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7028 Expr *SubExpr); 7029 7030 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7031 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7032 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7033 7034 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7035 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7036 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7037 7038 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7039 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7040 7041 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7042 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7043 /// the specified diagnostic. 7044 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7045 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7046 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7047 7048 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7049 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7050 /// in the global scope. 7051 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7052 7053 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7054 /// expression violations. 7055 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7056 public: 7057 bool Suppress; 7058 7059 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7060 7061 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7062 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7063 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7064 }; 7065 7066 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7067 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7068 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7069 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7070 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7071 bool AllowFold = true); 7072 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7073 unsigned DiagID, 7074 bool AllowFold = true); 7075 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7076 7077 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7078 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7079 /// Returns false on success. 7080 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7081 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7082 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7083 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7084 7085 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7086 CFT_Device, 7087 CFT_Global, 7088 CFT_Host, 7089 CFT_HostDevice 7090 }; 7091 7092 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7093 7094 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7095 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7096 7097 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7098 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7099 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7100 } 7101 7102 /// \name Code completion 7103 //@{ 7104 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7105 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7106 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7107 PCC_Namespace, 7108 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7109 PCC_Class, 7110 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7111 /// or category. 7112 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7113 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7114 /// category implementation 7115 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7116 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7117 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7118 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7119 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7120 /// headers. 7121 PCC_Template, 7122 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7123 /// headers within a class. 7124 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7125 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7126 PCC_Expression, 7127 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7128 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7129 PCC_Statement, 7130 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7131 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7132 PCC_ForInit, 7133 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7134 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7135 PCC_Condition, 7136 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7137 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7138 /// in the grammar. 7139 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7140 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7141 PCC_Type, 7142 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7143 /// might also be a type cast. 7144 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7145 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7146 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7147 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7148 }; 7149 7150 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7151 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7152 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7153 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7154 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7155 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7156 7157 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7158 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7159 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7160 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7161 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7162 bool IsArrow); 7163 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7164 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7165 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7166 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7167 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7168 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7169 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7170 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7171 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7172 7173 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7174 bool EnteringContext); 7175 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7176 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7177 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7178 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7179 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7180 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7181 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7182 unsigned NumInitializers); 7183 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7184 bool AfterAmpersand); 7185 7186 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7187 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7188 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7189 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7190 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7191 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7192 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7193 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7194 bool IsParameter); 7195 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7196 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7197 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7198 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7199 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7200 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7201 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7202 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7203 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7204 bool IsSuper = false); 7205 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7206 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7207 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7208 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7209 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7210 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7211 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7212 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7213 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7214 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7215 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7216 unsigned NumProtocols); 7217 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7218 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7219 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7220 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7221 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7222 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7223 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7224 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7225 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7226 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7227 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7228 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7229 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7230 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7231 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7232 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7233 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7234 ParsedType ReturnType); 7235 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7236 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7237 bool AtParameterName, 7238 ParsedType ReturnType, 7239 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7240 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7241 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7242 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7243 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7244 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7245 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7246 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7247 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7248 unsigned Argument); 7249 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7250 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7251 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7252 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7253 //@} 7254 7255 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7256 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7257 7258public: 7259 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7260 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7261 7262private: 7263 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7264 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7265 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7266 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7267 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7268 // FunctionDeclaration. 7269 struct FormatStringInfo { 7270 unsigned FormatIdx; 7271 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7272 bool HasVAListArg; 7273 }; 7274 7275 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7276 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7277 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7278 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7279 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7280 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs); 7281 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7282 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7283 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7284 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7285 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7286 SourceLocation Loc); 7287 7288 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7289 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7290 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7291 VariadicCallType CallType); 7292 7293 7294 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7295 7296 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7297 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7298 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7299 7300 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7301 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7302 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7303 7304public: 7305 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7306 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7307 7308private: 7309 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7310 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7311 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7312 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7313 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7314 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7315 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7316 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7317 7318 enum FormatStringType { 7319 FST_Scanf, 7320 FST_Printf, 7321 FST_NSString, 7322 FST_Strftime, 7323 FST_Strfmon, 7324 FST_Kprintf, 7325 FST_Unknown 7326 }; 7327 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7328 7329 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7330 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7331 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7332 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7333 }; 7334 7335 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7336 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7337 bool HasVAListArg, 7338 unsigned format_idx, 7339 unsigned firstDataArg, 7340 FormatStringType Type, 7341 VariadicCallType CallType, 7342 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7343 7344 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7345 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7346 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7347 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7348 VariadicCallType CallType); 7349 7350 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7351 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7352 bool IsCXXMember, 7353 VariadicCallType CallType, 7354 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7355 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7356 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7357 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7358 VariadicCallType CallType, 7359 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7360 7361 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7362 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7363 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7364 7365 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7366 unsigned BId, 7367 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7368 7369 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7370 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7371 7372 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7373 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7374 7375 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7376 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7377 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7378 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7379 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7380 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7381 7382 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7383 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7384 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7385 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7386 7387 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7388 Expr *Init); 7389 7390public: 7391 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7392 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7393 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7394 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7395 7396 struct TypeTagData { 7397 TypeTagData() {} 7398 7399 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7400 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7401 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7402 {} 7403 7404 QualType Type; 7405 7406 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7407 /// layout-compatibility. 7408 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7409 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7410 }; 7411 7412 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7413 /// identifies the magic value. 7414 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7415 7416private: 7417 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7418 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7419 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7420 7421 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7422 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7423 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7424 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7425 7426 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7427 /// 7428 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7429 Scope *CurScope; 7430 7431protected: 7432 friend class Parser; 7433 friend class InitializationSequence; 7434 friend class ASTReader; 7435 friend class ASTWriter; 7436 7437public: 7438 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7439 /// 7440 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7441 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7442 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7443 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7444 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7445 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7446 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7447 7448 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7449 7450 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7451 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7452 } 7453 7454 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7455 7456 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7457 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7458 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7459 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7460 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7461 return DC; 7462 } 7463}; 7464 7465/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7466class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7467 Sema &Actions; 7468 7469public: 7470 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7471 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7472 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7473 bool IsDecltype = false) 7474 : Actions(Actions) { 7475 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7476 IsDecltype); 7477 } 7478 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7479 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7480 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7481 bool IsDecltype = false) 7482 : Actions(Actions) { 7483 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7484 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7485 IsDecltype); 7486 } 7487 7488 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7489 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7490 } 7491}; 7492 7493} // end namespace clang 7494 7495#endif 7496